Page 1
ﺩ ﻟ ﻴ ﻞ ﻣ ﺴ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪ ﻡThinkCentre
ﺃﻧ ﻮ ﺍ ﻉ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ :2697 ﻭ2698 ﻭ2742 ﻭ2750 ﻭ2935 ﻭ2943 ﻭ2960 ﻭ2967 ﻭ2986 ﻭ2992 ﻭ2994
ﻭ2999 ﻭ3182 ﻭ3184 ﻭ3186 ﻭ3190 ﻭ3201 ﻭ3204 ﻭ3208 ﻭ3212 ﻭ3217 ﻭ3220 ﻭ3226 ﻭ3228
ﻭ3302 ﻭ3391 ﻭ3392
Page 2
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ vﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ૧ "ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
١٢٧ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﻤﺎ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2012.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ )ﺳﺒﺘﻤﺒﺮ 2012 (
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺪﺓ:ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻌﻘﺪﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ" GSA "،ﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸ ﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﻟﻠﻘﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ
ﺭﻗﻢGS-35F-05925 .
Page 3
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﺤ ﺘ ﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺕ
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺍﻹ ﺿﺎﺀﺓﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﺩﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮﻯ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٤
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ . . . . . . . . . . .٢٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤.ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺧ ﺼﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﻗﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٧
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٨
ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭWindows . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٠
ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ. . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . .٣٣
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . .٣٤
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI . . . . . . . . . . .٣٥
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ. . . . . . . . . . .٣٨
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ . . . . . . .٤٠
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . . . . . . . .٤٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٦
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٤٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ . . . . . . .٤٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٠
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ . . . . . . . .٥٣
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﺃﻭ
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٥٥
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ . . . . . . . . .٦٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ . . . . . . . . .٦٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺍﺡﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . .٦٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . .٦٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔUSB ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ. . . . . . . .٦٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . .٦٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٢
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕWiFi . . . . . . . . . . . . .٧٣
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ . . . . . . . . .٧٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v
ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
ﺃﺳﻼ ﻙﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔﺑﻬﺎ . . . . . . . . . . . vi
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vi
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﻟﻠﻤﻮﺩﻡ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١.ﻧﻈ ﺮﺓ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٤
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 . . .٥
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 . . .٦
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . . .٦
ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٨
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ . . . . . . . . . . .٩
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . .١١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . .١٤
ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ. . . . . . . . . . . .١٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٢.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .١٧
ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 . . . . .١٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٧
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭWindows . . . . . . . . .١٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺯﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ. . . . . . . . .١٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ. . . . . . . . . . .١٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺑﺒﻜﺮﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٨
ﺿﺒﻂﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . .١٩
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ. . . . . . . . .١٩
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺕ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ. . . . . . . . .١٩
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ . . . . . .٢٠
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD . . . . . . . . . . .٢٠
ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞﻗﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD . . . . . . . . . . .٢١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٣.ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٢٣
i
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 4
ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺓ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٥
ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٦
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ. . . . . . . . .٨١
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ. . . . . . . . . . .٨٣
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ. . . . . . . . . . . .٨٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١٠.ﺗ ﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺘﻜ ﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ
ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣ ﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . .١٠٧
ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . .١٠٨
ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺇﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٩
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻗﺮ ﺹCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٠
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١١
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٢
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺘﺄﺷﻴﺮ. . . . . .١١٢
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٤
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٥
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٨
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١١٩
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٠
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢١
ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹUSB . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٢
Lenovo Solution Center . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١.ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ
Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
Administrator Password . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
Hard Disk Password . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
ﻣ ﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
Lenovo Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo . . . . . . . . .١٢٣
ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻳﺐ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٤
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺼ ﻲ . . . . . . . .١٢٤
ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٤
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٥
ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٥
CMOS (. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૧.ﺍﻹ ﺷ ﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٧
ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٧
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٦. ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ. . . . . . . . . .٨٧
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . .٨٨
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery . . . . . . .٨٩
ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ . . . . . . . . . . .٨٩
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ . . .٩ ٠
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ . . . . . . . . . .٩ ١
ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 . . . . . . . .٩ ٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧.ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ ﺞSetup Utility . . . . .٩ ٥
ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٥
ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ. . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٦
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎﺃﻭﺗﻢﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎ)ﻣﺴﺢ
ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٧
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٧
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٧
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ. . . . . . . .٩ ٧
ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖErP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٨
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺃﺩﺍﺀICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٨
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱﻟـICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٩
ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility . . . . . . . . . . .٩ ٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٨.ﺗﺤﺪﻳ ﺚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦﻗﺮ ﺹ . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ )ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ( BIOS ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ . . . . . . .١٠١
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﻓﺸﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚPOST/BIOS . . . . . . . .١٠٢
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૨.ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . .١٢٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻼ ﺣﻈﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻ ﺔﺑﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼ ﺪﻳﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٩
ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ. . . . . . . . . . . . .١٢٩
ﺑﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺔ . . . . .١٢٩
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣١
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૩ . ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ WEEE ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ . . .١٣٣
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺣﻮﻝWEEE . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٣
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٣
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻠﺒﺮﺍﺯﻳﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٤
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٩.ﺗﻔﺎﺩ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻜ ﻼ ﺕ . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡSystem Update . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٣
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٤
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٤
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٠٤
iiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 5
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ . . . . . . . . .١٣٤
ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﻓﻲﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻲ . . . . . .١٣٥
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ૪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﺮﺓ
(RoHS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٧
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮﺓ) RoHS (ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺼﻴﻦ . . . . . .١٣٧
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺮﺓ) RoHS (ﻓﻲﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ . . . . . .١٣٧
ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢRoHS ﻷﻭﻛﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٧
ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕRoHS ﻟﻠﻬﻨﺪ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٣٨
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ૫ . ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯENERGY STAR . .١٣٩
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮ ﺱ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .١٤١
iii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 6
iv ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 7
ﻣ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻥ ﻫ ﺎﻣ ﺔ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ،ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﻓﻬﻢﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲ "ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ.ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻹ ﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺷ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ http://www.lenovo.com/support .ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﻣﻮﻗﻊﺩﻋﻢ Lenovoﻋﻠﻰﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
®
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﻣﻦ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ"،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖPortable Document Format (PDF) ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo
"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ" ﻭ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ" ﻫﺬﺍﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺪ ﻣ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮ ﻗﻴﺎ ﺕ
ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺑﻨﻔﺴ ﻚ،ﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻃ ُﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ،ﺃﻭﺇﺫﺍﺫ ُﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﺑﻤﻮﻓﺮ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹ ﺻ ﻼ ﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ .ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ًﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭ)ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕCRU (.ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕCRU .ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻛﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ.
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ Off ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﻮ ﺻ ﻔﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷ ﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﻣﻦﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ CRU،ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٥ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ .ﺇﺫﺍ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼ ﺀ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞ ﺳ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬ ﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.
ﻣﻨ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻞﺃﻱ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻴﻚ،ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭ ًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢﻣﻊ
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻱ ﻳﺆﺩ ﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮ ﻉ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺣﺪﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﻓﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU، ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻠﻔﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄ ﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ،ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻧﺎﻧﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺔ-ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ:
• ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ . ﺣﻴﺚﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ .
v
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 8
• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ، ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ . ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣ ﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼ ﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻠﺠﺰﺀ ﻷ ﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ
ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣ ﻄﻠﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺴﺎ ﺱ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺤﻨﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ًﺩﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ
ﺫﻟﻚ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺃﻣﻠ ﺲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮ،ﺛﻢ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
• ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺃ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺇﻻﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ .
2
، ﺃﻭﺃﻓﻀ ﻞ .ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥH05VV-F ﻭ3G ﻭ0.75 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠ ﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨ ﺼ ﺮﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﻄ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺃﻭﺗﺠﻌﺪﻩﺃﻭﺗﺸﻘﻘﻪ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺴﻴﺮﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﻯ ﺷ ﻲء.
ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻟﻠﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ، ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﻮ ﺽ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺎ ﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺗﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎﺑﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻗ ﺼ ﺮ، ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ
ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃ ﺊ.ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻗﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﺂﻛﻞﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭ/ﺃﻭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺨﻮﻧﺔ.
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ .
ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪﺗﺂﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳ ﻦ ﻣﺪﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌ ﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺳ ﺨﻮﻧﺘﻪ)ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻚ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺪﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺃﻭ
ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﻈﻬﺮﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺘﻴﻦﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﺂﻛﻞﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ
ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ.
ﻛﺎﺑ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ ﺑ ﻬﺎ
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪﺗﻢﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻧﺪﻓﺎﻉﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺤﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮ ﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺂ ﺧ ﺬ
ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﺪﺃﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ)ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞﻟﺬﻟﻚ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻞ.
ﻻ ﺗﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﻣﻊﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻨﺰﻟﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ؛ﻭﺇﻻ،ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺮﻗﺪﻳﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺫ ﻱ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺗﺸﻌﺒﺎﺕ.ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻴ ًﺎ.ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ. ﻻ
ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺑﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﻏﻴﺮﺃﺭ ﺿ ﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ
viﻭ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 9
ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﺁﺧﺮﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻤﻼًﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴًﺎ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ
ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻧﺴﺒﺔ80 ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺣﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭ ﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ، ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻤﺪﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ.
ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ً
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺃﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ(USB) ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ1394 ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ
ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ؛ﻭﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﺍﻧﺘﻈ ﺮ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ٍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞﺑﻌﺪﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻭﺗ ﻬ ﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﺗﻮﻟﺪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎ:
• ﻻﺗﺘﺮ ﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣ ﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺟ ﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ . ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ.ﻗﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻼ ﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞﺑﺎﻟﺠ ﺴﻢﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺃﻭ ﺣﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺸ ﺤ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﺃﻭﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ.
•ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﻭﺑﺆﺭﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﻟﻸﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ
ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﺃﻭﺃﺭﻳﻜﺔﺃﻭ ﺳ ﺠﺎﺩﺓﺃﻭ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺮﻥ ﺁﺧ ﺮ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣ ﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﺴﺪﺃﻭﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺨﻮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺗﻔﻘٰﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻌﺪﻡﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻛﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺷﻬﺮ.ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺤ ﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺰ ﻉ ﺳﻠﻚ
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻻ ﺣ ﻈ ﺖ ﺗﻜﺪ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ،ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪﻣﻦ
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔﻟﻤﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﺡ.ﻗﻢﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،
ﺣﺎﻭﻝﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑُﻌﺪﻗﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓﺍﻻﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ،
ﺗﻔﺤ ﺺ، ﻭﺍﺫﺍﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ.
ﻟﺴ ﻼ ﻣﺘﻚ ﻭﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﻲ:
•ﺍﺟﻌﻞﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻐﻠﻘ ًﺎ،ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻼ ًﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ.
•ﺗﻔﻘﺪﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ.
•ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻱ ﺛﻘﻮ ﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﺮﺑﻬﺎ
ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺃﻭﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﺣﻤﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺴﺪﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺃﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺷﺎﺕ،ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ 35 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﻨﻘﻴﺢﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ.ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﺽ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ
ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35 °ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 95 °
ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻣﻊﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭ ﻃﻮﺑﺔﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭ ﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ 35 % ﻭ 80 % .ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ) 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ (،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﻟﺘﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻴًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35 °
ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻗﺪﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮ ﻕ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈ ﺮﻭ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻘ ﺼ ﻮ ﻯ.ﻓﺸ ﻞﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺗﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔﻗﺒﻞﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺿ ﺮﺭﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻪ.
vii
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 10
ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ .
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻭﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳ ﻒ، ﻷ ﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻠ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢ ﺳﻜ ﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ،ﻓﻘﺪ
ﻳﺤﺪ ﺙ ﻗ ﺼ ﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻞﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ .
ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻞﺃﻭﺗﺪﺧ ﻦﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻟﻔ ﻀ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎﺗﻠﻒ .
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎ ﻥ ﻟﻠﻤ ﻮ ﺩﻡ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﻠﻚﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﻗﻢ 26 AWG ﺃﻭﺃﻛﺒﺮ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ: ﺭﻗﻢ 24 AWG (ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ Under-
writers Laboratories (UL) ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠ Canadian Standards Association (CSA) .
ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺇ ﺻ ﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﺗ ﻒ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻷﻣﺎﻥ،ﻣﺜﻞ:
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺎ ﺻ ﻔﺔﺑﺮﻗﻴﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘ ًﺎﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﺑ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺔﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺲ ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﻤًﺎ ﺧ ﺼ ﻴ ﺼًﺎﻟﻸ ﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﻠﺔ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﻭﻟﺔﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺧ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﻮﺧ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺧ ﻄ ﻮ ﻁﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ .
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱ ﻫﺎﺗ ﻒ )ﺧ ﻼ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻼ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ(ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑ ُﻌﺪﻟ ﺼ ﺪﻣﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻹﻧﺎﺭﺓ.
•ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﻟﻺﺑﻼ ﻍ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﺴ ﺮ ﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺮ ﺏ.
ﺑﻴﺎ ﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻓ ﻖ ﻣﻨﺘ ﺠ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰ ﺭ
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻃﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD ﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷﻟﻴﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ(، ﻻﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
•ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﻨﺰﻉﺍﻷﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺃﻏ ﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﺷﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
•ﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺃﻭﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻷ ﺷ ﻌﺔﻟﻴﺰﺭﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.
ﺧ ﻄﺮ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻ ﻤﺎﻡﻟﻴﺰﺭﺛﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣ ﻦﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ 3 A ﺃﻭ 3 B. ﻻﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷ ﻌﺎﻉ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ.ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﻉ ﻭﻻﺗﻨﻈﺮﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﻟﻠﺸﻌﺎﻉ.
ﺑﻴﺎ ﻥ ﻣ ﺰ ﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
viiiﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 11
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺪﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌ ﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ. ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸ ﻚ ﻓﻲ
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﻈ ﻴ ﻒ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ
ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺮ ﺵ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻈ ﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻼ ﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻗﻢﺑﺮ ﺵ ﻣﻨﻈ ﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ،ﺛﻢﺍﻣﺴ ﺢﺃﺳ ﻄ ﺢ
ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ix
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 12
x ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 13
®
Windows®7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﺑﺰﺭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻭﺣﺪﺩﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ.
®
Core™ i3
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ١ . ﻧ ﻈ ﺮ ﺓ ﻋ ﺎ ﻣ ﺔ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻨﺘ ﺞ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔLenovo ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻐﻄ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ُﺯ.
ﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility ﻣﻦﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩٥ .ﺛﻢﺣﺪﺩ Main
!!System Summary ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ .
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ !! ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣ ﺼ ﺤﻮﺑًﺎﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ)ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ(:
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i5
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Core i7
®
®
•ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Celeron
•ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖIntel Pentium
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑ ﻀ ﻌ ﻒ ﻣﻌﺪﻝﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ3 ﻣ ﻀ ﻤ ّﻨﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻄﺔ(DDR3 UDIMMs) .
ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
•ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ:ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﺃﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ(
•ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖSerial Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA)
•ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔSATA
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻱSATA 2.0 ﻭSATA 3.0 .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١ .
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺋﻴﺎﺕ
•ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞVideo Graphics Array (VGA)ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺳ ﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕPeripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Express x16ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔ ﺼ ﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋ ﻲ ﻟﻠ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ(HD)ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧ ﻞ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻂﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
١
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 14
• ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ )ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ (
ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ100/1000 Mbps integrated Ethernet
•ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻓﺎﻛ ﺲPCI )ﻣﺮﻛ ّﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄُﺮﺯ(
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
•ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯpower-on self-test (POST)
•ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ(DMI)
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺭًﺍﻋﺎﻣًﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ
ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻓﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔ ﻭﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺳ ﺠ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ.
•Intel Standard Manageability
ﺇﻥIntel Standard Manageability ﻫ ﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﻟﻸ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺃﺟ ﻞﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ
ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎﺃﻗﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﻭﺗﺮﻗﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ.
• ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ Intel Matrix
ﺇﻥIntel Matrix Storage Manager ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺩﻋﻤ ًﺎﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕSATA RAID 5 ﻭﻣ ﺼ ﻔﻮﻓﺎﺕSATA RAID 10 ﻓﻲ
ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺋﺢIntel ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔﺑﻐﺮ ﺽ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.
•Preboot Execution Environment (PXE)
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔﻟﺒﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋ ﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ)ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ(ﺃﻭ
ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ.
• Intelligent Cooling Engine (ICE)
Intelligent Cooling Engineﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣ ﻞﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻭﺳﻤﻌﻲ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔICE ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺃﺩﺍﺀICE " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٨ ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟـICE " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٩.
• ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞSystem Management (SM) Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) ﻭSM
ﺗﺤﺪﺩﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕSM BIOS ﻫﻴﺎﻛﻞﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
• Wake on LAN
Wake on LANﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ Ethernetﻳﺘﻴﺢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﻨﺸﻴﻄﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ.ﻓﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﻭﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺁﺧ ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ .
• Wake on Ring
ﻣﻴﺰﺓWake on Ring، ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳ ُﺸﺎﺭﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧًﺎﺑﺎﺳﻢWake on Modem، ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﺍﻹ ﺳﺒﺎﺕ.
• Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
Windows Management Instrumentationﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows .ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋ ﻼﻣﺎﺕ .
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧ ﻼ ﺕ/ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ(I/O)
•ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ -9ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺏ )ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
•ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUniversal Serial Bus (USB) )ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﻥﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernetﻭﺍﺣﺪ
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢPersonal System/2 (PS/2) )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻓﺄﺭﺓ PS/2ﻭﺍﺣﺪ)ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﺮ ﺽVGAﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ
٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 15
•ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ)ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧ ﻞ،ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ،ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ(
•ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﻥ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻴﺎﻥﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ)ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃ ﺱ (
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ ﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩.
ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺳ ﻊ
•ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express x1ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ
•ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕPCI Express x16ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ
•ﺧﺎﻧﺘﻴﻦﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
•ﻓﺘﺤﺘﺎﻥﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ
•ﻓﺘﺤﺘﺎﻥﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊPCI
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ:
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ280ﻭﺍﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
•ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ450ﻭﺍﻁ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺁﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSBﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ
•ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ
•ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agentﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
•ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ)ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ(
•ﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ )ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ (
•ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(POP)،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
•ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
•ﺩﻋﻢﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ
•ﺩﻋﻢﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ
•ﺩﻋﻢﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻗﻔﻞKensington (
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٤ "ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٧ .
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣ ﺴﺒﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻪ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo " ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤.
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 7
•ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows 8
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٣
Page 16
ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻧﻈﺎﻡ )ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ١) ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ (
®
•Linux
•Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP 3
ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮﺍ ﺻ ﻔﺎ ﺕ
ﻳﺴ ﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻ ﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ
ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ : 175 ﻣﻢ) 6.89 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ: 414 ﻣﻢ) 16.30 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ: 442 ﻣﻢ) 17.40 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰﻟﻠﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﺗﻢﺷﺤﻨﻪ: 11 ﻛﺠﻢ) 24.25 ﺭﻃﻞ(
ﺑﻴﺌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
• ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ :
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 35 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 50 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖﺇﻟﻰ 95 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡﺑﻴﻦ- 40 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 60 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ - 40 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 140 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦﺍﻷ ﺻﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ- 10 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ 60 °ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ)ﻣﻦ 14 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ 140 °ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ
• ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ:
ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ 20 % ﺇﻟﻰ 80 % )ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻜﺜﻒ(
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ 20 % ﺇﻟﻰ 90 % )ﺑﺪﻭﻥﺗﻜﺜﻒ(
• ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ:
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ - 50 ﺇﻟﻰ 10 000 ﻗﺪﻡ)ﻣﻦ - 15.2 ﺇﻟﻰ 3048 ﻣﺘﺮ(
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ:ﻣﻦ- 50 ﺇﻟﻰ 35 000 ﻗﺪﻡ)ﻣﻦ - 15.2 ﺇﻟﻰ 10 668 ﻣﺘﺮ(
ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
•ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻟﻠﻤﺪﺧ ﻼ ﺕ:
–ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔ ﺾ :
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ: 100 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ: 127 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ:ﻣﻦ50 ﺇﻟﻰ60 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
– ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ:
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ: 200 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺍﻷﻗﺼ ﻰ: 240 ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ
ﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ:ﻣﻦ50 ﺇﻟﻰ60 ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo
ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ،ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ.
١ . ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡ)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ(ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺩﺓﻫﻨﺎﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭ .ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ Lenovo ﻛﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔ
ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﺔﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺗﻢﺗﺮﺧﻴ ﺼ ﻪﺃﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﻮﺭﺩ
ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 17
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 7
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage ®Tools ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools .
ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇ ﻬﻮﺭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﺑﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ،ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ
ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ١.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﺳﻢﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ
Enhanced Backup and Restore
ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﻣﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
®
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﺛﻢ،ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻪ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ،ﺛﻢ
ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﻨ ﺺ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﻀ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓﺗﻨﻘﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools، ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ
ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫ ﺖ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ. ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ،ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ
ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻭﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻀ ﺮﺍﺀﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
Lenovo -ﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ
Lenovo -ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻﺎﺑﻊ
Lenovo -ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴ ﺺ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٥
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Communications Utility
Fingerprint Software
Lenovo Solution Center
Page 18
ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ٢.ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ)ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ(
Lenovo -ﻣﺨﺰﻥﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ
Lenovo -ﻋﻨﺎﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
Lenovo -Enhanced Backup and
Restore
Lenovo - SimpleTap
Lenovo -ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Lenovo View Management Utility
ﺍﻟﻨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧ ﻀ ﺮﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻗﺴﻢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥLenovo -ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ
Password Manager
Power Manager
Recovery Media
Rescue and Recovery
SimpleTap
System Update
View Management Utility
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 8
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ Lenovo QuickLaunch ﻣﻦﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ .ﻳﺘﻢﻋﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ)+(.
• ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ Windows ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝﺇﻟﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺣﺪﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ Lenovo ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺟﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻧﻘﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﻴﻔﻲﺑﺤ ﺚ ﻟﻠﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ.
ﻳﺪﻋﻢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Fingerprint Software
•Lenovo Companion
•Lenovo Settings
•Lenovo Solution Center
•Lenovo QuickLaunch
•Lenovo Support
•Password Manager
•System Update
ﻣ ﻘﺪ ﻣ ﺔ ﺣ ﻮ ﻝ ﺑ ﺮﺍﻣ ﺞLenovo
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﺨﺘ ﺼ ﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺒﻌ ًﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .
•Communications Utility
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCommunications Utility ﻣﻮﻗﻌ ًﺎﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳًﺎ ﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦ.ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔﻟﻠﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﻴﻦﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﻣﺆﺗﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻋﺒﺮIP ﺃﻭ(VOIP) .
٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 19
•Fingerprint Software
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﺇﺭﻓﺎﻗﻬﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭWindows .ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢﺑﺎﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻊﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
•Lenovo Cloud Storage
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Cloud Storage ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜ ﻲ ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻣﺜﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﻴﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ٍﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣ ﻮﻝﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
Lenovo Cloud Storage ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/cloud .
•Lenovo Companion
ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Companion،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺪﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﺤ ﺴﻨﺔ.
•Lenovo Settings
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Settings ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ
ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺨ ﻄ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ.
•Lenovo Solution Center
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Solution Center ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﺧ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇ ﺻ ﻼ ﺣﻬﺎ.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﺠﻤﻊﺑﻴﻦﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻷﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ،ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
•Lenovo QuickLaunch
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo QuickLaunch ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻻ ًﺳ ﺮﻳﻌًﺎﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞMicrosoft
ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
•Lenovo Support
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Support ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞﺃﺩﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻭﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ.
•Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
ﻳﺮﺷﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻮﻓﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ
ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ.
•Lenovo Welcome
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Welcome ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﻜﺮﺓﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻬﺎﻡﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ
ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•Password Manager
ﻳﻌﻤﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPassword Manager ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﻠﺌﻬﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞWindows ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ.
•Power Manager
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower Manager ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜ ّﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
•Recovery Media
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRecovery Media ﻣﻦﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
•Rescue and Recovery
ﻳﻌﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺣ ﻼ ًﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺿ ﻐﻄﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ، ﻭﻫﻮﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺸ ﺨﻴ ﺺ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﻭﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ، ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞﻟﻠﻨﻈﺎﻡ، ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﻌﺬﺭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows .
•SimpleTap
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﻃ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺿ ﺒﻂﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﻗﻔﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﺣﺪﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺻ ﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ.ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰLenovo App
Shop ، ﺣﻴﺚﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ .
ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٧
Page 20
– ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻘﻄﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ SimpleTap ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ .ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻧﻘﻄﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTap
ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ.
– ﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯﺭ ﻕﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ًﺍﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ SimpleTapﻓﻘﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ .ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
SimpleTapﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ http://www.lenovo.com/support .
•System Update
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ System Updateﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺣﺰﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
Lenovo،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ،ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ UEFI BIOS،ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ(.
•View Management Utility
ﻳﻤﻜّﻨﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞView Management Utility ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﻓﻬﻮﻳﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺛﻢﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﻓﻲﺃﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﺑﺄﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ
ﻟﺘﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺟﻴﺔ.
ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻣﺎﻛ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤ ﺆ ﺷ ﺮﺍ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺟ ﻮ ﺩﺓ ﺑ ﻮﺍ ﺟ ﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0 )ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ1(
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ
1ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ
2ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 21
3ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ 7ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0 )ﻣﻨﻔﺬUSBﺭﻗﻢ2(
4ﺯﺭﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ/ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧ ﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺐ
ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢ "ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢.ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
9ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
11ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
12ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕPCI Express x16
13ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI Express x1
14ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI (2)
15ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ(2)
1ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
2ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ)ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ1( 10ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2 )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ(
4ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔVGA
5ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
6ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB 3.0 )ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬUSBﻣﻦ5ﺇﻟﻰ8(
7ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB 2.0 )ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍUSBﺭﻗﻢ3ﻭ4(
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet 16ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ2(
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻒ
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﻣﺜﻞﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲ
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﻂﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻲﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﻂﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻲﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻓﻲﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ)ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻤﻢﺑﻬﺎﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ(ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻲﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ٩
ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻲﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻪﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲﻟﻠﺨ ﻂﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ
Page 22
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻒ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲﺁﺧﺮ.
ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﻣﺸﻐﻞﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﺃﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ
DisplayPort .
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ FCC Class B،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞCategory 5 Ethernet .
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﻣﻦﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ
ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲﺃﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯ ﻱﺃﻭﺃﻱﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻨﻔﺬﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺫﻭ9 ﺳﻨﻮﻥ.
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0،ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢUSB ﺃﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱUSB ﺃﻭﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲUSB ﺃﻭ
ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔUSB .ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓUSB،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀﻟﻮﺣﺔﻭ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB،ﺍﻟﺘﻲﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ
ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓUSB ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0 ﺃﻭUSB 3.0 ﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢUSB ﺃﻭﻣﺎﻭ ﺱUSB ﺃﻭﻣﺎﺳﺢ
ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲUSB ﺃﻭ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔUSB .ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚﺃﻛﺜﺮﻣﻦﺛﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓUSB،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀﻟﻮﺣﺔﻭ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕUSB،ﺍﻟﺘﻲ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓUSB ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ.
ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻋﺮ ﺽVGA ﺃﻭﺃﻱﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻋﺮ ﺽVGA .
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞEthernet ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻹﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﻛﺎﺑﻞEthernet ﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻ ﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ(LAN) .
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢPS/2 )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ( ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢPS/2 .
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2 )ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻱ( ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻓﻲﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻓﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻛﺮﺓﺗﺘﺒﻊﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓﺁﺧﺮﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2 .
ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 2.0
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSB 3.0
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻋﺮ ﺽVGA
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻜ ﻮ ﻧﺎ ﺕ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣"ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١ ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ .
١٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 23
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ
9ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ
10ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ
11ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI )ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺯ(
ّ
ﺐ ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄُﺮﺯ(
12ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ()ﻣﺮﻛ
13ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
14ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
15ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ّ
ﺒﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄُﺮﺯ(
ّ
ﺐ ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄُﺮﺯ(
1ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻭﺡ
2ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
3ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
4ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻲﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔUSB
5ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ
6ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ)ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ(
7ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ)ﻣﺮﻛ
8ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ )ﻣﺮﻛ
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻠ ﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣ ﺼ ﺤﻮﺑﺎﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤ "ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢ ﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻦﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١١
Page 24
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
1ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺫﻱ 4ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ 16ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ)ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ LEDﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(
17ﻭ ﺻﻠﺔﺗﺨﻄ ﻲClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide
Semiconductor) /Recovery
18ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﻗﻢ1 )ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻣﻨﻔﺬﻱUSBﺭﻗﻢ1ﻭ2ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ(
19ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
20ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSBﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ2)ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSBﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ(
23ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ
24ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI (2)
25ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
26ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI Express x1
27ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕPCI Express x16
28ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
29ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ)ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ(
30ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2
2ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ1 (DIMM 1)
5ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ2 (DIMM 2)
6ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ3 (DIMM 3) 21ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ(COM2)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ4 (DIMM 4) 22ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ
9ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔSATAﺫﺍﺕ4ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ(2)
10ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺫﻭ14ﺳﻨﻮﻥ
11ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼSATAﺭﻗﻢ1ﻭ2)ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕSATA 3.0 (
12ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ
13ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞeSATA
14ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞSATAﺭﻗﻢ3 )ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞSATA 2.0 (
15ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﻳﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥ "ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٣ ﺑﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
١٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 25
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥.ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
1ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺫﻱ 4ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ 16ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ)ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ LEDﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(
17ﻭ ﺻﻠﺔﺗﺨﻄ ﻲClear CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide
Semiconductor) /Recovery
18ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﻗﻢ1 )ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻣﻨﻔﺬﻱUSBﺭﻗﻢ1ﻭ2ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ(
19ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
20ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞUSBﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ2)ﻟﺘﻮ ﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯUSBﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﻲ(
23ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻲﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ
24ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI (2)
25ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞDisplayPort
26ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI Express x1
27ﺧﺎﻧﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕPCI Express x16
28ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
29ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ)ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ(
30ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓPS/2
2ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
3ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
4ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ1 (DIMM 1)
5ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ2 (DIMM 2)
6ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ3 (DIMM 3) 21ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ(COM2)ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ
7ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺭﻗﻢ4 (DIMM 4) 22ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ
8ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ
9ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻃﺎﻗﺔSATAﺫﺍﺕ4ﺃﺳﻨﺎﻥ(2)
10ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﺫﻭ14ﺳﻨﻮﻥ
11ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞSATAﺭﻗﻢ1 )ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞSATA 3.0 (
12ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ
13ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼSATAﺭﻗﻢ2ﻭ3 )ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕSATA 2.0 (
14ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞeSATA
15ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٣
Page 26
ﺗ ﺤ ﺪﻳﺪ ﻣ ﻜﺎ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻐ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧ ﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻫ ﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ
ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ،ﺗﺘﻢﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻷ ﺭﻗﺎﻡ،
ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ1 ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ2،ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈ ﺔﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺣ ﺠﻢﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ،ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ
ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ.ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٣٣ ﻟﻠﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦ "ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٤ ﻳﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦.ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
1ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ1-ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ )ﻣﻊﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ(
2ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ2-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ
3ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ3-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
4ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ4-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔSATAﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ )ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔSATAﺑﺤﺠﻢ3.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔSATAﺑﺤﺠﻢ
2.5ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
5 ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ5-ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ SATA ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ)ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ SATA ﺑﺤﺠﻢ3.5 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ SATA
ﺑﺤﺠﻢ2.5 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(
ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧ ﻮ ﻉ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﻩ
ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻬﺪ ﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩﻫﻮﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ.
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃ ﺮﺍﺯﻩ.
١٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 27
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧.ﻣﻠﺼ ﻖﻧﻮﻉﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺯﻩ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ١.ﻧﻈﺮﺓﻋﺎﻣﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ١٥
Page 28
١٦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 29
http://www.lenovo.com/ThinkCentreUserGuides
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٢ . ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ
ﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ؟
ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﻠﻐﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺩﻋﻢLenovo ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ؟
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ Lenovo ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠًﺎﻳﺘﻴﺢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻋ ﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧ .
ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻓﺸ ﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺀLenovo .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ
ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺩﻋﻢﺍﻟﻌﻤ ﻼﺀ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ١١"ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٣.ﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ
ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔﺑﺎﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﻻً.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ :ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺓﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻥﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓﻗﺒﻞﺑﺪﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻗﺪﺗﺘﻢ
ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ .
ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows؟
ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲWindows ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻔ ﺼ ﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢﻓﻲWindows،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ.
•ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻮ ﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮ
ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ !! ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴ ﻞWindows 8
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،
ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺃﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ.
•ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ ﺚ.
٣.ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ "ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ "،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻠﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ،ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﺍﺧﺘ ﺼ ﺎﺭﺍﺕMicrosoft Windows ﻓﻲ ﻛ ﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
١٧
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 30
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﺧﺘ ﺼ ﺎﺭWindows "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ThinkVantageﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٨
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺍ ﺧ ﺘ ﺼ ﺎﺭWindows
ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺛﻼﺛﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻣﻊﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows .
• ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎﺷﻌﺎﺭ Windows ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡAlt ﻋﻠﻰﻛ ﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ .ﻓﻬﻤﺎﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﺍﻥﺑﺸﻌﺎﺭ Windows .ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،
ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡWindows ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ
ﺷﺎﺷﺔﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ.ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺷﻌﺎﺭWindows ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
• ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﺠﻮﺍﺭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ Ctrl ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴ ﻄ ﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ .ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ
ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸ ﻂ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺃﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡEsc .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺯ ﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷ ﺯ ﺭ ﻕ
ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭThinkVantage ﺃﺯﺭ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻣﻦLenovo .
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭThinkVantage ﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSimpleTap .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ"ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ
ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞLenovo " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑ ﻊ
ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺑﻬﺎﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﻟﺒ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ،ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺣﻮﻝﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
Lenovo "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٦.
ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ThinkVantage Fingerprint Softwareﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
!!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools !!ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕThinkVantage Fingerprint Software .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺑﺒﻜ ﺮ ﺓ
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺑﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺻ ﺮﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺼ ﺮﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺃﻭﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ.
1ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
2ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺔﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ.ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﺒﻜﺮﺓﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺣﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ.
١٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 31
ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺰﺭﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﺃﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ.
3ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺯﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮ ﻙ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻲ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
Windows .
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﻤﺜﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍﻣﻬﻤًﺎﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺤﻜﻢﺑﺎﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﻛﻤﺎﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻖﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI .
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؛ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ:ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧ ﻞ، ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﻟﻠﺨ ﻂﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ،ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ.ﻭﻓﻲ
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ،ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻊﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ)ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪﺭﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ(.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ
ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ،ﻓ ﻀ ﻼ ًﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ.
ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳًﺎ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺻ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ.
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﻣ ﺴ ﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻜﺘ ﺐ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﺤﻜﻢﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ، ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ
ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows .ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻭﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ،ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻛﺘﻢ ﻹﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﻓﺮﺍﺟﻊ "ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٩ .
ﺇﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7 ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐWindows ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﺑﺪﺃ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻮ ﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
ﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺇﺿ ﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ.
٢.ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯﻓﻲ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺭﻣﻮﺯﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺃﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻠﻮ ﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻟﻰﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ.
٤.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ.
ﺿ ﺒ ﻂ ﻣ ﺴ ﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺤ ﻜ ﻢ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ .ﻟﻀ ﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻣﻦﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ !!ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕ
ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ.
٢.ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢﺍﻟﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣ ﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٣.ﺣ ﺮ ّﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺻ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺧﻔ ﻀ ﻪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ١٩
Page 32
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD
ﻗﺪﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD ROMﺃﻭﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻗﺎﺑﻞﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺤ ﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
DVDﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ CDﺃﻭ DVDﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺻ ﻨﺎﻋ ﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ 12ﺳﻢ) 4.75ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺎﺕ (.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-ROM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RAM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD-RW ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD،ﻣﺜﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-ROM
ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-RW ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ
DVD-R ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ DVD-RW ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﻣﻦﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD-RAM ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ CD-RW ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔﻭﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CD-R .
ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD :
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ ﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
–ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ
–ﺍﻟﺮ ﻃ ﻮﺑﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ
–ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ
–ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺃﻭﺍ ﺻ ﻄﺪﺍﻡﻣﻔﺎﺟ ﺊ
–ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ
–ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺃﻳﺔﺃﺟ ﺴﺎﻡﺑﺨ ﻼ ﻑ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCDﺃﻭDVDﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻗﺮ ﺹCDﺃﻭDVDﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺃﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD ﻭﺗ ﺨ ﺰ ﻳﻨﻬ ﺎ
ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﻭDVD ﻣﻌﻤﺮﺓﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ؛ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ . ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD ﻭﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ
ﺍﻹ ﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺃﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﻪ.ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻠ ﺼ ﻖ.
•ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭﺃﻭﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻗﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺳ ﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.ﻓﻘﺪﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺴ ﺢﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔﺇﻟﻰ
ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺗﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺪ ﺵ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋ ﻼ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ.
•ﻻ ﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺗﺨﺰﻧﻪﻓﻲ ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺮ.
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ .
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺛﻨﻴﻪ.
•ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .ﻓﻘﺪﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻔﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺪﻭﺷﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
ﺗ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞ ﻗ ﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVD،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CDﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﺃﻓﻼﻡ DVD .ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻗﺮﺹ CDﺃﻭ
DVD،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.
٢.ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ،ﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭ DVDﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ DVDﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺳ ﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ،ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﻴﺪﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻗﺮ ﺹ CDﺃﻭDVDﺣﺘﻰﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺃﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ.ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ CDﺃﻭ DVDﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ.
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD .
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ ًﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ.
٢.ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞﺃﻭﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺝ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ.
٢٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 33
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻘﻢﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ /ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ،ﻓﺄﺩﺧﻞﻗ ﺼ ﺎ ﺻ ﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻹ ﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ
ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭﺇﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ/ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦ ﺯﺭ
ﺍﻹ ﺧ ﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻄ ﻮﺍﺭ ﺉ.
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﻗ ﺮ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹDVD ﻗﺎﺑﻼ ًﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ،ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻫﺬﺍﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹCD ﺃﻭDVD .
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﻣ ﻀ ﻐﻮ ﻁﺃﻭﻗﺮ ﺹDVD،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower2Go ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
–ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞCorel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ
!!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition !!Corel DVD MovieFactory Lenovo Edition .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ
ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
– ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞPower2Go،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!PowerDVD Create !!Power2Go.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
• ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 8 ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Power2Goﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺣ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦﺃﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﻌﺮ ﺽ ﺷ ﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﻒ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ.ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺑﺤ ﺚﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐPower2Go .
٢.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕPower2Goﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻴﺴ ﺮ ﻯ ﻟﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ.
٣.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
®
Playerﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻀ ﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﺮ ﺹ DVDﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀًﺎﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Windows Media
ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٣ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٢.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢١
Page 34
٢٢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 35
http://www.lenovo.com/healthycomputing
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ٣ . ﺃﻧ ﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤ ﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﺇﻣ ﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮ ﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍ ﺣ ﺔ
ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮﺍﻟﺘ ﺼ ﻤﻴﻢﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﺎﻣ ﻼًﻣﻬﻤًﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻲ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌ ﺐ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻪ. ﻋ ﻼ ﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ
ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺣﺪﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺔ:
ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡLenovo ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﻟﺬﻭ ﻱ ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ.ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔﻟﺬﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻃ ﺮﻗ ًﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ
ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺇﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺳﻤﻌﻴﺔﺃﻭﺑ ﺼ ﺮﻳﺔﺃﻭ ﺣ ﺮﻛﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖﺍﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺘﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺒﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺒﺎﺋﻌﻴﻦﺃﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
ﺗﺮ ﺗﻴ ﺐ ﻣ ﺴ ﺎ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻤ ﻞ
ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﻭﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ ﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺗﻚ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﻪ.ﻭﺗﻌﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻚ ﻣﻦﺃﻫﻢﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ،ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼﻟﻬﺎﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣ ﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﻱ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ،ﺇﻻﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻹ ﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊﻳﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻫ ﻲ
ﻛﺎﻵﺗﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮ ﺱ ﺑﻨﻔ ﺲ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃ ﻮﻳﻠﺔﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﺎﻹ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺃﻓ ﻀ ﻞ ﺩﻋﻢ.ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻌﺪﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺨﺎﺫ.ﻗﻢﺑ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻌﺪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳ ًﺎﻟﻸ ﺭ ﺽ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭ ﺽ
ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳ ًﺎﻟﻸ ﺭ ﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳ ﻎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻟﻤﺴ ًﺎ ﺧﻔﻴﻔًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻊﺇﺭﺧﺎﺀﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ
ﻭﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮﺃﻛﺒﺮﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ.
ﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻤﺔ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ،ﺃﻭﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﻪﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ. ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓﻣﺮﻳﺤﺔ، ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ51 ﺇﻟﻰ
61 ﺳﻢ) 20 ﺇﻟﻰ 24 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(،ﻭﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻬﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺛﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺴﻢ.ﻭﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ، ﺿ ﻊﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻒ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ،ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
٢٣
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 36
ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎ ﺀ ﺓ ﻭ ﺩ ﺭ ﺟ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻄ ﻮ ﻉ
ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻓﻲ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﻫﺞ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺿ ﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ، ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ،ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀ.ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻜ ﺲ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻼ ﻣﻌﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻋ ﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﺍ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺀ،ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦ
ﺫﻟﻚ.ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎ،ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞﺃﻱ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺭﺃﺳﻴﺔ،ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣ ﺼ ﺒﺎﺡﻟﻪﻗﻮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺿ ﻌﻴﻔﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻁ.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺳﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﻣ ﺼ ﻤﺘﺔﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺿ ﻮﺀﺍﻟﺸﻤ ﺲ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺔﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ
ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓﺍﻟﺤ ﺠﺮﺓ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.
ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﺀﺓ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺮ ﺷ ﺢ ﺿ ﺪﺍﻟﺴ ﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﻳﺘﻢﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻟﻜﻦ،ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﺷ ﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭ ﺿ ﻮﺡ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩﻣﺤﺎﻭﻻ ﺕ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺴ ﻄ ﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻕﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ.
ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺠﻤﻊﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﻮﻫ ﺞ.ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻔﺔﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻄﻌﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎ ﺵ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺔﺗ ﺼ ﻨﻴﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
ﺩ ﻭ ﺭ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻬ ﻮﺍﺀ
ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺣ ﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺗﺠﺬ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻊﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ ﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ
ﻓﺘﺪﻉﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧ ﻦﻳﺨ ﺮ ﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﺑ ﺼ ﻮﺭﺓﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ،ﻣﻤﺎﻗﺪﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋ ﻄ ﻞﺃﻭ
ﺗﻠ ﻒ. ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺪ ﺷ ﻲء ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ًﻣﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ51 ﻣﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ)2ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ(.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ
ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺂ ﺧ ﺬ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻃ ﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑ ﻼ ﺕ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺪﺩﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻃﻮﺍﻝﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ:
•ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻹ ﻃﺎﻟﺔ.ﺇﻥﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﺮﺑﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘ ﺼ ﻮﺩﺓ.
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ"ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔvi .
ﺗ ﺴ ﺠ ﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﺎ ﺹ ﺑ ﻚ
ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ؛ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﺸ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺑﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺃﻭ
ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ.ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻴﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺷ ﺮﻛﺔLenovo، ﺳﺘﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻟﻄﻠﺐ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ.ﻭﻋ ﻼ ﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ،ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﺴ ﺠﻠﻴﻦ.
ﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊLenovo،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰhttp://www.lenovo.com/registerﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺎﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ:
–ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 :ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Product Registrationﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
– ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 :ﺍﻓﺘﺢﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞLenovo Support .ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔﻟﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﻧﻘ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮﺗ ﺮ ﺇﻟ ﻰ ﺑﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨ ﻄ ﻘ ﺔ ﺃ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ
ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮﺍﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﻓﻲﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ.ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٥
• "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٢٥
٢٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 37
ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡ ﺍﺧ ﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺪ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻬ ﺮ ﺑﺎﺋ ﻲ
ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮ ﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺃﻣﺎ
ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ
ﻭﺍﺛﻘًﺎﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻳﺨ ﻀ ﻊﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻠﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ)ﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ(ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻬﺎ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺸ ﺮﻛﺔﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔﺃﻭﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﺮ ﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺁﺧﺮﻟﻠﻤ ﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻬﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ. ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺋﻢﻓﻴﻪ. ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﺧﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺤ ﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺣ ﻆ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ " 100 - 127 V "ﺃﻭ " 200 - 240 V "،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ
ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻩﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ ﻣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ.ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘ ًﺎﻣﻌﻪ، ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ
ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻣﺎﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ، ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ﺝ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ " 100 - 127 V " ﻭ " 200 - 240 V "،ﻓﻴﺸﻴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﺤﺎﺀﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ،ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻜﻴ ﻒ ﺁﻟﻴ ًﺎﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮ ﺝﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑ ﺼ ﺮ ﻑ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺃ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﺇﺫﺍﻗﻤ ﺖ ﺑﻨﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻠﺪﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﺨﺮ ﺝ ﻃﺎﻗﺔﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔًﺎ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻨﻮ ﻉﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﻴًﺎ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺷﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻲ
ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦLenovo ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ.
http://www.lenovo.com/powercordnotice
ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞﺇﻟﻰ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٣.ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ٢٥
Page 38
٢٦ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 39
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٤ .ﺍﻷ ﻣ ﺎ ﻥ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ .
ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﺮﻳﺔ
ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ:
• ﻳﺘﻢﺩﻣﺞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞComputrace Agent ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣ ﻞ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓﺃ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﻌﺪﺗﻌﺮ ﺿ ﻪﻟﻠﺴﺮﻗﺔ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﺘﺸ ﻒ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺇﺫﺍﻣﺎ
ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻣﻚﺷ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Computrace Agent .
• ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ )ﻳﺴﻤﻰﺍﻳ ﻀ ﺎﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺪﺧ ﻞ (
ﻳﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺧﻮﻝﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺇﻏ ﻼﻗﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ
ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩ ٥.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩ ٦.
٣.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔSecurity ،ﺣﺪﺩChassis Intrusion Detection !!Enabled .ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﺘﺸ ﻒ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺃﻥ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﺃﻭﺇﻏ ﻼﻗﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ، ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄ.ﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺇﻏ ﻼﻗﻪﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٤ .
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF1ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰF10ﻟﻠﺤﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﻟﻦﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮ ﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﺄﻫﺬﻩﻣﺮﺓﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ.
• ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USB ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٧.
• ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ (
ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ.ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility
ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺇ ﺻ ﺒﻌﻚ ﻓﻮ ﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ،ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥﺗﺤﻞ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊ ﻣﺤ ﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﺢﺑﺎﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ
ﻭﺍﻵﻣﻦﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ.
• ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﺑﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺃﻭﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻩ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٧.
• ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﺪﻭﻥﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓﺃﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺗﺴ ﺠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
•Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
ﻭﺣﺪﺓTrusted Platform Module ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺁﻣﻦﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻛﻮﺩﻳﺔﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٢٧
ﻗﻔ ﻞ ﻏ ﻄ ﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜ ﻤﺒﻴ ﻮ ﺗﺮ
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻗﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺼ ﻴﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ًﺍﺑﺤﻠﻘﺔﻗﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 40
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ
ﺗ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻞ ﻗﻔ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑ ﻞ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﺜﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃ ﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺑﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ
ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩.
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
1ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ 4.
2ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻓﺘﺤﺔﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ 3ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
١.ﺃﺩﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ
٢.ﺍﺳ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻷ ﺳﻨﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ.
٣.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ
٢٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ThinkCentre
Page 41
http://www.lenovo.com/support
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ
ﺗ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻞ ﻗﻔ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎﻳﺸﺎﺭﺍﻟﻴﻪﺑﺎﺳﻢﻗﻔﻞKensington،ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺑﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨ ﻀ ﺪﺓﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ.ﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ
ﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻳﺘﻢﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪﺑﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ.ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻳ ﻀ ﺎﺑﺎﻗﻔﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.ﻳﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﻫﻮﻧﻔ ﺲ
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﻣﻊﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺮﺓﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦKensington ﻋﻠﻰ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٢٩
Page 42
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٠.ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞMicrosoft Windows ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭ ﻧ ﻈ ﺎﻡBIOS
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡBIOS ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ
ﺑﻚ.ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• Power-On Password : ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪPower-On Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﻳﺘﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﺑﺪﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ
ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ. ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻢﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ " Power-On Password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩
٦.
• Hard Disk Password :ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﺮ ﺡ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ. ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭHard Disk Password، ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ " Hard Disk Password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٦.
ً
• Administrator Password :ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻛﻠﻤﺔﻣﺮﻭﺭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧ ﺺ ﻟﻬﻢﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ .ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﻣﺴﺆﻭ ﻻ
ﻋ ﻦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺎﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻌﺪﺓﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻓﻴﺠ ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦAdministrator Password .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ
" Administrator Password " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٦.
ﻟﺴ ﺖ ﻣ ﻀ ﻄ ﺮًﺍﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻭﻟﻜﻦ،ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤ ﺴﻴﻦﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﺮ ﻭ ﺭWindows
ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻹ ﺻ ﺪﺍﺭﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻟﺪﻳﻚ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ،ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺓ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٣ .
٣٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 43
ﺗﻜ ﻮ ﻳ ﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑ ﻊ
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .
ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﻔﺮ ﻋﻴﺔFingerprint Setup ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔSecurity ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•Preboot Authentication :ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣ ﺼ ﺎﺩﻗﺔﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ BIOSﺃﻭﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
•Erase Fingerprint Data :ﻟﻤﺴ ﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺔﺍﻹ ﺻ ﺒﻊﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺃ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ.
ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺑ ﺼ ﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺍﺑﺪﺃﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺑﺪﺀﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩ ٥.
٢.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility ،ﺣﺪﺩSecurity !!Fingerprint Setup ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝEnter .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ
Fingerprint Setup .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩPreboot AuthenticationﺃﻭErase Fingerprint Dataﺣ ﺴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻭﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯ ﺭﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝEnter .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂEnter .
٥.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F10ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺨ ﺮﻭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility .ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ Enterﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﻟﺨ ﺮﻭﺝ.
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﺟ ﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻓ ﻬ ﻤ ﻬﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯًﺍﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠًﺎﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ، ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﻗ ﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ.ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻥﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎ
ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺑﻐﺮ ﺽ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻻﺗ ﺼ ﺎﻻ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﺎﺩﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺜﺒﺘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ،ﻓﺴﻴﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻏﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﺮ ﺧ ﺺ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ.ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻧﻪﻳﺤﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﻮ ﺻ ﻴﺔ.ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ
ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔWindows .ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔWindows، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ
"ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٢٣ .
ﺣ ﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺕ ﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎ ﺕ
ﻟﻘﺪﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺷﺮﻛﺔLenovo ﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻊﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ30 ﻳﻮﻡ.ﺑﻌﺪ30 ﻳﻮﻣﺎ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ
ﺑﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴ ﺺ ﻟﻼ ﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﻭﻣ ًﺎﺗﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ،ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺮﻭﺳﺎﺕ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٤.ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ٣١
Page 44
٣٢ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 45
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٥ .ﺗﺮ ﻛ ﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ ﺯ ﺃ ﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺇﺭ ﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰ ﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺴ ﺎ ﺳ ﺔ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴًﺎ
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋ ﻄ ﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦﺃﻥﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤﺜﻞﺃﻱ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻻﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺿ ﺮ ﺭًﺍﺑﺎﻟﻐًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﻳﻌﺪ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺃﻥﺗ ﻀ ﻊﻓﻲ ﺍﻻ ﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ:
•ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻚ.ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻧﻪﻳﻤﻜﻦﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﻮﻟﻚ.
•ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷ ﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺑﺤ ﺮ ﺹ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCIﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ . ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺃﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ.
•ﻗﻢﺑﻤﻨﻊﺍﻷ ﺷ ﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺍﻵ ﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.
•ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻼ ﻣ ﺲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﻤﺪﺓ
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ. ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔﻓﻲﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓﻭﺟ ﺴﻤﻚ.
• ﻗﻢ،ﺇﺫﺍﺃﻣﻜﻦ،ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ .ﺇﺫﺍﻟﻢﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺬﻟﻚ ، ﺿﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻢ،ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
• ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻊﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺧﺮ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔ Lenovoﻓﻘﻂ.
٢.ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﺣﺪﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﺧ ﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﺕ ﺧ ﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻴﺔ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻣﺜﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺳ ﺢﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ،
ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺇ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ. ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﻲ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ ﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ.ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊ
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻟﻼ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ.
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄ ﺎﺀ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎ ﺳ ﺐ ﺍ ﻵ ﻟ ﻲ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
٣٣
ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 46
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧ ﻼ ﺕ /ﺍﻟﻤﺨ ﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻳﺔﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.ﺍﺭﺟ ﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ
ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨ﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ،ﻣﺜﻞﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺃﻭﻗﻔﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﻗﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٢٧ﻭ
"ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٢٩ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺑﺮﻏﻴﺔﺗﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٦.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﺛﻢﺍﺳ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﻟﻠﺨﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ١١ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇ ﻋ ﺎﺩﺓ ﺗ ﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﺟ ﻬ ﺔ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
ﻻ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺛﻢﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴ ﺮ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ.
٣٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 47
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٢.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
٤ . ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻣﻊﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﺛﻢ
ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔPCI
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI .ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﺘﺤﺘﺎﻥﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕPCI ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ،ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI Express x1،
ﻭﻓﺘﺤﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕPCI Express x16 .
ﻻ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
1ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ 2.
٣ . ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٥
Page 48
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٣.ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI
٤ . ﻭﻓﻘًﺎﻟﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
•ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ.
•ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCIﻗﺪﻳﻢ،ﺍﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎﺛﻢﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﺑﺮﻓﻖﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ.
٣٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 49
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٤.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
a. ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻼﺋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ .ﻗﻢ، ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭ ﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ.
1 ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻼﻗﻔﺔ .ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ
b.ﺍﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻻﻗﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﻗﻔﺔﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ
ﻭﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﺎﺭ ﺕ PCIﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻪ.
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ PCI Express x16 ،ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺇﻏﻼ ﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ .
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٧
Page 50
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺍ ﺕ ﺫﺍﻛ ﺮ ﺓ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.
ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺃﺭﺑﻊﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕDDR3 DIMMs ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ32 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ. ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ
ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓDDR3 UDIMM ﺑﺴﻌﺔ2 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ4 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ8 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻔﺔﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑﺤ ﺠﻢﻳ ﺼ ﻞ
ﺇﻟﻰ32 ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺤﺪﺃﻗ ﺼ ﻰ.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ.ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ" X "ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ)ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ (
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ)ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ (ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗ ﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.ﺗﺸﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ 1 ﻭ 2 ﻭ3 ﻭ4ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﺴ ﻞﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ،
ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١ .
X, 2
DIMM 1 DIMM 2 DIMM 3 DIMM 4
X, 1 X, 2
X, 3 X, 1 X, 2
X, 3 X, 1 X, 4
UDIMM
ﻭﺣﺪﺓUDIMM X
ﻭﺣﺪﺗﺎUDIMM
ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕUDIMM
ﺃﺭﺑﻊﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕUDIMM
٣٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 51
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﻬﻞ.
٤.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀﻗﺪﺗﻤﻨﻊﺍﻟﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻃ ﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ PCI Express
x16ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﻬﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ PCI "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٥ .
٦.ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎﻟﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﻢﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• ﺍﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﻔﺘﺢﻛﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻭﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﻭﺳ ﺤﺒﻬﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٦.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﺍﻓﺘﺢﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺨﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻴﻬﺎ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٧.ﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻠﺒﺴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦﺍﻻﻏ ﻼ ﻕ
٧ . ﺿﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ .ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺤﺰ 1 ﻋﻠﻰﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ 2ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﻗﻢ
ﺑﺪﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٣٩
Page 52
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ
٨ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺭ ﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ PCI Express x16،ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮ ﺋﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ
ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ.
• ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ،ﻓﻘﻢﺑﻔﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ،ﻭﺍﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ
ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﺛﻢﺍﺳ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٤٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 53
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ١٩.ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
٥ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﺟﺰﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.
٦ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤١
Page 54
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٢.ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﻀ ﻮﺋﻴﺔ
٨ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ.
٤٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 55
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ .ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٣.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٤٥ .
ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٤ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺃﺧﺮ ﺟﻪ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٢٣ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺜﺒﺖﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
٦.ﺭﻛ ﺐ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٣
Page 56
٧ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ 2ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
2 ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻜﻴﻦ1ﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﺪﺗﻀ ﻄ ﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﻪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٦.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٤٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 57
• ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ،ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٤ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎ ﺕ
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٦.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٢٧ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻗﺎﺭﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
٧.ﺭﻛ ﺐ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٢٨ .ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
٨.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٥
Page 58
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٢٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ
٩.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ 2ﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
١٠ .ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
١١ .ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒ ﻄ ﺎﺭ ﻳﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻳﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺺ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﻨﻴﺔ،ﻣﺜﻞﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﺎﺕ)ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ(ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯ ﻱ.ﺗﻈ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﻣﺤﺘﻔﻈﺔﺑﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺷ ﺤ ﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ.ﻟﻜﻦ، ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺗﺪﻭﻡﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ.ﺇﺫﺍﺣﺪ ﺙ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ)ﻣﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻨﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ(.ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ"ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﻓﻲ"ﺩﻟﻴﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ"ﻟﻼ ﻃ ﻼ ﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠ ﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ.
٤٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 59
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٠.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ
٥ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ
٦ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺳ ﻼ ﻙ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٨٤ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺘﻢﻋ ﺮ ﺽ ﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧ ﻄﺄ .ﻭﻳﻌﺪﻫﺬﺍﺃﻣﺮ ًﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴًﺎ ،ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ.
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ.
٨.ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utilityﻟ ﻀ ﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩ ٥.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗ ﺠ ﻤﻴ ﻊ ﻣ ﺼ ﺪ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﻄ ﺎﻗﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ.
ﺑﺎﻟﺮ ﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ،ﻳﻌﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟ ﻀ ﺮﻭﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ ﻼﻣﺘﻚ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ
ﺗ ﺼ ﺪﻳﻖUnderwriters Laboratories (UL) ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٧
Page 60
ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬ ﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓ.ﺃﺑﻌﺪﺃﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻭﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻷﺧﺮ ﻯ ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎﺑﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﺃﻭﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
ﻳﻮﺟﺪﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬ ﻰﺍﻟﺨ ﻄﻮﺭﺓﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ. ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺻ ﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺧﻞﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸ ﻚ
ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣ ﺸﻜﻠﺔﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ،ﻓﺎﺗ ﺼ ﻞﺑﻔﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ.
٥.ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٣٢ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٧.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔﺗﺠﻤﻴﻊﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗ ﺼ ﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﻳﺔﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ.
٩ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﺗﻠﻚﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻴﺤﻬﺎﺷ ﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo .
١٠ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ .
٤٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 61
١١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﺓ ﻭ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺣ ﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨًﺎﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﻬﻞ.
٤.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٥.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٦.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨ ﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ:
1ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﺰﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
b.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ . ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ
ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٤٩
Page 62
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٣.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄ ﻞ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻌﻴﺪ ًﺍﻋ ﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
a.ﺭﺑﻤﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﻠﻒ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﻟﻔﻜﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
b.ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢﺑﻠﻤ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻢﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.
٨ .ﺿﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻗﻢﺑﻮﺿ ﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٩ .ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺨﻄ ﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ . ﻻﺗ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ .
1ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 2ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 1ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
3ﺟ ﺰﺋﻴ
ﺎ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 4ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ ،ﺛﻢﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ 3ﺗﻤﺎﻣ ًﺎ .
ً
a.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
b.ﺃﺣﻜﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ
١٠ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١١ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸ ﻐ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴ ﻖ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ:
٥٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 63
ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻼًﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺧﻨًﺎ ﺟﺪًﺍ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟ ﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼ ﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔﺃﺳﻬﻞ.
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٩ .
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺿﻊ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺸ ﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻼ ﻣﺴﺔ ﻷ ﻱ ﺷ ﻲ ء.
1ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ 2ﻟﻠﻮ ﺻ ﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ 3.
٦ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٤.ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
٧ .ﺍﺭﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖﻷ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻪﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥١
Page 64
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
a.ﻗﺪﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ.
1ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ
ﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ً
2 ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.ﻳﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ
b.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈ ﺔﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ
c.ﺍﻟﻤ ﺲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ.ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
d.ﻻ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺃﻱ ﺷ ﻲءﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣ ًﺎ.ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺳﻨﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔﻗﺪﺭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ.
٨.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﻓﻲﺍﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﻤ ﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﺪﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
١٠ .ﺃﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻣﻊﺍﻟﻤﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ
ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ.
١١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻷ ﺳﻔﻞﻟﻴﺘﻢﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
٥٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 65
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ
١٢ .ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﺣﺎﺟﺰﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺇﻗﻔﺎﻟﻪﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ.
١٣ .ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﺘ ﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٤٩ .
١٤ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﻓ ﺼ ﻠﻬﺎ ﻋ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢ2.5 ﺑﻮ ﺻ ﺔ.
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏ ﻲ ﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ
ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٣
Page 66
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
٢ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢ 3.5 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ 1
ﻭ2 ﻭ3 ﻭ4 ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٨.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔﻣﻊﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏ ﻮﺑﺔ.ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ "ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ"ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٠ﺃﻭ "ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٦٢ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
٥٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 67
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗ ﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﺃﻭ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﻻﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ُﺮﺯ .ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٥.ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ، ﺭﺍﺟﻊ"ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٦ .
ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATAﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔPCI Expressﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٣٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
٢ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﻓﻲﻣﺤ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
٣ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﺇﻟﻰﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٥
Page 68
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
٤. ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺎﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ
ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻠﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ .
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٥.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA .
٦.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATAﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٥٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 69
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٢.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﻣﻦﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٣.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
٨ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﻣﻦﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Express ﺍﻟﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٧
Page 70
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
٩ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﺟﺪﻳﺪ،ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻫﺬﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Express ﺍﻟﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺑﻤﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺳﻔﻞ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ
١٠ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﻓﻲﻣﺤ ﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﺰﻳﻦ .
٥٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 71
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٦.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
١١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ mSATA ﺇﻟﻰﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﻓﺘﺤﺔﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺭ ﺉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔmSATA
١٢ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﻛﺒﻞﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔmSATA .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٥٩
Page 72
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻷ ﺳ ﺎ ﺳ ﻲ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺐ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯ ،ﻗﺪﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ًﺍﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔﺑﺤ ﺠﻢ 2.5 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٤ .
٤.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﻟﻔﻚ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ .
٥ .ﺍﺟﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٨.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩ .
1ﻭ2ﻭ 3ﻭ 4ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
5ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٧ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
٦٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 73
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٤٩.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ
٨ . ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞ ﺻ ﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﻲ
٩ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦١
Page 74
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷ ﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺄﺗﻲﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ًﺍﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ 3.5 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔﺃﻭ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻ ﻠﺒﺔ 2.5 ﺑﻮﺻ ﺔ
ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ.ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ،ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺒﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٥٣ .
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ.ﺍﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٤ .
٤.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﻹ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٥.ﺍﺟﺬ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕﻟﻔﻚ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦﺗﺠﻮﻳ ﻒ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٥١ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ
٦.ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷﺯ ﺭ ﻕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩ.
1ﻭ2ﻭ 3ﻭ 4ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ
5ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ.
٧ .ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﺍﻷ ﺯﺭ ﻕ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺜﻨﻲﺍﻟﺴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻥ
ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ. ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤ ﺲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ
٦٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 75
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ
٨ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲ ﺻ ﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺤﺮﻙﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ
٩ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑ ﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٣
Page 76
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭﺍ ﺡ ﺍ ﻷ ﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
١١ .
٥.ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﺭﺑﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻗﻄ ﻊ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺃﻭﻗ ﺼ ﻬﺎﻭﺳ ﺤ ﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﺭﺑﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٤.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ.
٧ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ .
٦٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 77
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺮ ﻭ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻨﺰ ﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٥.ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔﺃﺷﺮ ﻃ ﺔﻣﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻣﻦ ﺧ ﻼ ﻝ ﻗﻄ ﻊﺃﻭﻗ ﺺ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ،
ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺴ ﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺝﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٥
Page 78
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ : ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﺭﺑﻊﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣ ﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔﻣﻌﻬﺎ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٦.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﻮ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻟﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰ
ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ.
٧ .ﺍﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃ ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ .
٦٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 79
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ
٨ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻮ ﻋ ﺔUSB ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔUSB ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔUSB ﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USB .ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٧
Page 80
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ:ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻋ ﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٦ . ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USB ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٨.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔUSB ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺼ ﻮﺗﻲﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻓﻲﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USB ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻬﺎﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USB ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ.
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ.
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
١٠ .ﺭﻛ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
١١ .ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ USBﻭﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻮ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ "ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
١٢ .ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟ ﺴ ﻤﺎ ﻋ ﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍ ﺧ ﻠﻴﺔ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮ ﺿ ﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻓﻲﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ .
٦٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 81
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
ﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻳﻤﻴﻨًﺎﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
ّ
1ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺣ ﺮ
٥ .ﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٥٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ
٦ . ﺿﻊﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔﺍﻷ ﺭﺑﻌﺔ 1 ﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٦٩
Page 82
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٠.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ
٧ . ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤ ﺴ ﺘ ﺸ ﻌ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻮﻗﻊﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٥.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
١١ .
1ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻟﻸ ﺳﻔﻞ ﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺝﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ.
٦ . ﻣﻦﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻱ
ﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻋ ﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٧٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 83
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦١.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ
٧ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤ ﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .
1ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻜﻴﻞ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ
1ﻭ2ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺛﻢﺍﺩﻓﻊﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞﺍﻟﺒﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ.
٨ .ﺃﺩﺧﻞﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﻓﻲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻰ
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺘﻴﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٢.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ
٩ .ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺠ ﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﻱ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧١
Page 84
١٠ . ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ " ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣ ﻔﺘﺎ ﺡ ﻭ ﺟ ﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻟﻐ ﻄ ﺎﺀ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ(.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١٠ .
٥.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻓﻲﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ
١١ .
٦.ﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻏ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟ ﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ،ﺛﻢﺃﺧﺮ ﺝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٦٣ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ
٧.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟ ﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻢﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓﻓﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻇ ﺮﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮ ﻏ ﻲ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺖ
ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ.
٧٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 85
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ
٨.ﺃﻋﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٩.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺍ ﺕWiFi
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕWiFi .ﺗﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﺕWiFi ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺧﻠﻔﻲ.
ﻳﺘ ﻀ ﻤﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕWiFi ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
• "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٣
• "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٦
• "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕWiFi "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٧٧
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣ ﺤ ﻮ ﻝWiFi
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFi ،ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻹﺟ ﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ًﺍﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﺗﺪﻋﻢﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔBluetooth ،ﻓﺎﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞBluetoothﻋ ﻦﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٣
Page 86
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٥.ﻓﺼ ﻞﻛﺎﺑﻞBluetooth
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﻘﻮﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞBluetooth ﺑﺘﻮﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ Bluetooth ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFi ﺑﻤﻮﺻ ﻞ USB ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﻟﺪﻋﻢ
ﻭ ﻇﻴﻔﺔBluetooth .
1ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺾ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺕPCI 2.
٤.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠ ﺰﺀﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ
٧٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 87
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٦.ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻘﺒ ﺾ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔPCI
٥ .ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFi ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﺣﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎﻭﺍﺳ ﺤﺒﻬﺎﺑﺒﻂ ء ﺧﺎﺭﺝﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٥
Page 88
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٧.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻼﺋﻢﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ .ﻗﻢ، ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻀ ﺮﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭ ﺏ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺍﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭ ﺕ.
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFi ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFiﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺛﻢﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٦٨ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFi
٢.ﺃﺯ ﻝﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi .
٧٦
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 89
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٦٩.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏ ﻲﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi
٣ .ﺍﺳﺤ ﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ WiFi ﻣﻦﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Express ﺍﻟﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFi .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٠.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi
ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻭ ﺣ ﺪﺍ ﺕWiFi
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ WiFi ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔPCI Expressﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻐﻴﺮﺓﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻴﻴﻦﺍﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦﻳﺜﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٧
Page 90
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧١.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi
٢. ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi .
٧٨ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 91
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٧٢ .ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﻛﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFi
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ WiFiﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ PCI Express x1ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ١١ .
٤.ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFiﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺔﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔBluetooth ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡﻛﺎﺑﻞBluetoothﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞBluetoothﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟ ﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ
WiFiﺑﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻞ USBﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ.
٥. ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺰ ﻻ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻹ ﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٣.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﺤﻮﻝWiFi
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻫ ﻮﺍﺋ ﻲWiFi ﺍﻟ ﺨ ﻠﻔ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ.
ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻫ ﻮﺍﺋ ﻲWiFi ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔ ﻲ
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻞ ﺑﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺧ ﻄ ﺮ ﻛﺴﺮﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺩﻭﻥﻗ ﺼ ﺪ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٧٩
Page 92
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٤.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫ ﻮﺍﺋ ﻲWiFi ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔ ﻲ
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻔﻪﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ.
٣.ﺃﻣﺴ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻄ ﺮ ﻑ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻤﻜ ًﺎﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻭﻗﻢﺑﻔﻚ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٨٠
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 93
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٥.ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺗﺮ ﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻫ ﻮﺍﺋ ﻲWiFi ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﻲﺃﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺘﻪ.
ﺗﺮﻛﻴ ﺐ ﻫ ﻮﺍﺋ ﻲWiFi ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ
ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺍﻧﺰ ﻉ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠ ﺼ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٨١
Page 94
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٦.ﻧﺰﻉ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼ ﻖ
٥ . ﺛﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﺢ .ﺛﻢﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﺒﺮﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٧.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFi ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ
٦. ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi .
٨٢
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 95
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫ ﻮﺍﺋ ﻲWiFi ﺍﻷ ﻣﺎﻣ ﻲ
ﻹ ﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ WiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﻳﻘﺎ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﻭﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻵﻟﻲ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٣ .
٣.ﻗﻢﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٤.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔWiFi .
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ٧٨ .ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲWiFiﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻟﻮ ﺣ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ ﻔﺎﺗﻴ ﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ:
ﻻﺗﻔﺘﺢﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝﺇﺻ ﻼﺣﻪﻗﺒﻞﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﻓﻬﻢ"ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔv.
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ .
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔﺃﻱ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ.ﺛﻢﻗﻢﺑﺈﻏ ﻼ ﻕ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﺼ ﻠﺔﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ.
٢.ﻗﻢﺑﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﻞﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٨٣
Page 96
٣.ﺍﻓ ﺼ ﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٤.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﻭ ﺱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺑﺄﺣﺪﻣﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ USBﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓﺃﻭﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ،ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ
"ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢﻭﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷ ﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨ﺃﻭ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ "
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩.
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٧٩.ﺗﻮ ﺻﻴﻞﻟﻮﺣﺔﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢUSB ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭ ﺱ
ﻣﺎﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ:
•ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟ ﺰﺀﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳ ﺐ .
•ﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ،ﺍﺫﻫ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ "ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٤ .
ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍ ﺳ ﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍ ﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻛﻞﺍﻷ ﺟ ﺰﺍﺀ،ﻳﺠ ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ.ﺃﻳ ﻀ ًﺎ، ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ
ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎ،ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿ ﺮﻭﺭﻳ ًﺎﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞSetup Utility .ﺍﺭﺟﻊﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ٧"ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ
Setup Utility " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٥.
ﻹ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ . ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺃﻥﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻢﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺧ ﻞﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﻜﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ " ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ١٠ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
٢.ﺇﺫﺍﺗﻤ ﺖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ،ﻓﺄﻋﺪﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٣٤ .
٣.ﺗﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻ ﺤﻴﺤﺔﻗﺒﻞﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﺑﻖﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋ ﻦ ﻣﻔ ﺼ ﻼ ﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻫﻴﻜﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ
ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٤ . ﺿﻊ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻌﺸﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻀ ﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻊﺍﻟﻘ ﻀ ﺒﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ .ﻗﻢﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ
ﺑﺎﻟ ﻀ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪﻓﻲ ﻣﻮ ﺿ ﻌﻪ.
٨٤
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 97
ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ٨٠.ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
٥.ﻗﻢﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻲ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
٦.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻔﻞﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﻗﻔﻞ ﻏ ﻄﺎﺀﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٢٧ .
٧.ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ،ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ"ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٢٩ .
٨.ﻗﻢﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭ ﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺳ ﻼ ﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺃﻧﻈ ﺮ "ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺻ ﻼ ﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩.
٩.ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴ ﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ،ﺍﺭ ﺟﻊﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤ ﻖ ٧ "ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Setup Utility "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ ٩ ٥.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃ ﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ،ﺗﻄﻠﺐﺷﺮﻛﺔ Lenovo ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﻮﺍﺳ ﻄﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ (CRU) . ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻣﻊ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺪﺓﺃﻳﺎﻡﻣﻦ ﻭ ﺻ ﻮﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓCRU .
ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮ ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ﺸ ﻐ ﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟ ﻬ ﺰﺓ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺼ ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﺄﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻲﻟﻢﻳﺘﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊhttp://www.lenovo.com/support .ﺗﺘﻢﺇﺗﺎﺣﺔ
ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ٥.ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻪ٨٥
Page 98
٨٦ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre
Page 99
ﺍﻟ ﻤ ﻠ ﺤ ﻖ ٦ .ﻣﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘ ﻌﺎﺩ ﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﻠﻮﻝﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻡLenovo ﺑﺈﺗﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ.
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٨٧
• "ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 8 "ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ٢
ﻣ ﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻨ ﻈ ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺸ ﻐﻴﻞWindows 7
ﻳﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮ ﺿ ﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ:
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ
•ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
•ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔRescue and Recovery
•ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻹﻧﻘﺎﺫ
•ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ
•ﺣ ﻞ ﻣﺸﻜﻼ ﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺎﺕ:
١ . ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻔ ﺼ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recovery ﺃﻭﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Product Recovery ﺑﻬﺎ.
ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﻣﺰEnhanced Backup and Restore ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools ﺧﺎﻓﺘ ًﺎ،ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recovery ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎﻗﺒﻞﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺧ ﺼ ﺎﺋ ﺼ ﻪ.ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ Rescue and Recovery،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
a.ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮ ﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools،ﺛﻢﺍﻧﻘﺮﻧﻘﺮ ًﺍﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰEnhanced Backup and Restore .
b.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋ ﺮ ﺿ ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ.
c.ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ،ﻳﺘﻢﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺭﻣﺰEnhanced Backup and Restore .
٢ . ﺗﻮﺟﺪﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭ ﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻃﺒﻘ ًﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
٣ . ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻮﺟﺪﻓﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻸ ﻏﺮﺍ ﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔﻓﻘﻂ :
٨٧
•ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪﻣﺴﺒﻘ ًﺎﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ
•ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﺇﻧ ﺸ ﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋ ﻂ ﺍ ﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﺨ ﺪﺍﻣ ﻬﺎ
ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﺃﺧﺮ ﻯ،ﺃﻭﺑﻴﻌﻪ،ﺃﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻩ،ﺃﻭ ﻭ ﺿ ﻌﻪﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻉ
ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ،ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼ ﻑ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪﻓﻲﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ .ﻗﺪ
ﺗﺤﺘﻮ ﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﻟﻠﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻭﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ.ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﺧﻴ ﺺMicrosoft Windows ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻓﻘﻂ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺪﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﺤﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺇﻧ ﺸﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﻓﻲﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ Windows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ USB ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ.
ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻴﻂﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ .ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ،ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ .
© Copyright Lenovo 2012
Page 100
ﺍﺳ ﺘﺨ ﺪﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻗﺖ
ﺍﺳﺘﻼ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.ﻛﻤﺎﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻟﻮ ﺿ ﻊﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻓﺸ ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃ ﺮ ﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻷ ﺧﺮ ﻯ.
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ : ﻋﻨﺪﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ، ﺳﻴﺘﻢﺣﺬ ﻑ ﻛﻞﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ ًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ.
ﻻ ﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﻭﺳﻴﻂ ﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻡWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﻤﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١. ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻂﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻚ،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻮ ﺻ ﻴﻞ ﻭﺳ ﻂ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ)ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺗﺨ ﺰﻳﻦUSB (ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺃﻭﺃﺩﺧ ﻞ ﻗﺮ ﺹ ﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﻓﻲ
ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟ ﻀ ﻮﺋﻲ.
٢.ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ F12ﻭﺍﺗﺮﻛﻪﺑﻄ ﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ.ﺑﻤﺠ ﺮﺩﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ Please select boot device ،ﺍﺗﺮ ﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ٍﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ F12 .
٣.ﺣﺪﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﺑﺪﺀﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ﺏ ،ﺛﻢﺍ ﺿ ﻐ ﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ Enter .ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻻ ﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ.
٤.ﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼ ﺣ ﻈﺔ :ﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍ ﺿ ﻴﺔﻟﻠﻤ ﺼ ﻨﻊ ،ﻗﺪﻳﻠﺰﻡﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺑﻌ ﺾ ﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ .ﺃﻧﻈﺮ "ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞﺍﻷ ﺟﻬﺰﺓ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺼ ﻔﺤﺔ٩ ١.
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻨ ﺴ ﺦ ﺍﻻ ﺣ ﺘﻴﺎ ﻃ ﻲ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﺘﻴﺢﻟﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ،ﻭﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ، ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ،ﺑﺎﻹ ﺿ ﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸ ﺨ ﺼ ﻴﺔ.ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨ ﺼ ﻴ ﺺ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻟﻠﻨﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ:
•ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔﺑﻤﺤﺮ ﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ،ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺸﻐﻞﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔﺛﺎﻧﻮ ﻱ ﻣﺮﻛ ّﺐ ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺹ ﺑﻚ.
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖUSBﺧﺎﺭ ﺟ ﻲ ﻣﺘ ﺼ ﻞ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤ ﺮ ﻙ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ
•ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍ ﺹ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔﻟﻠﺘﺴ ﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ)ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺿ ﻮﺋﻲ ﻻ ﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ(
ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞﻧﺴ ﺨﺔﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ،ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻠﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﻧﻈﺎﻡ
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧ ﺮ ﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ.
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧ ﺴ ﺨ ﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﻹ ﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻧﺴ ﺦﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!Enhanced Backup and Restore .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٣.ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕBack up your hard driveﺛﻢ ﺣﺪﺩﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.ﺛﻢﺍﺗﺒﻊﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺴ ﺦ
ﺍﻻ ﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃ ﻲ.
ﺇﺟ ﺮﺍﺀ ﻋ ﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳ ﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ
ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﺎ ﺻ ﺔﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞWindows 7،ﻗﻢﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
١ .ﻣﻦﺳ ﻄ ﺢ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ Windows،ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ !!ﻛﺎﻓﺔﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ !!Lenovo ThinkVantage Tools
!!Enhanced Backup and Restore .ﻳﺘﻢﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞRescue and Recovery .
٢.ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ Rescue and Recovery ،ﺍ ﺿ ﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻬﻢLaunch advanced Rescue and Recovery .
٨٨
ﺩﻟﻴﻞﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡThinkCentre